Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.
Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?
Answer : D
To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:
AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.
Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.
Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:
Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.
Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.
Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.
B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.
C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.
In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.
Answer : C
To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:
Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.
Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).
Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.
Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.
Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:
Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.
Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.
Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.
Benefits of Using Templates:
Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.
Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.
Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.
B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.
D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.
In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
What is a Campaign?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:
Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.
Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).
Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.
Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.
Examples of Campaigns:
User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.
Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.
Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.
Why Other Options Are Incorrect:
A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.
B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.
C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.
In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.
Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)
Answer : A
The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:
Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.
Common Export Formats:
CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.
Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.
Why These Formats Are Suitable:
Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.
Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.
Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.
Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.
B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.
In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.
The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:
Answer : B
The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:
Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.
Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.
Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.
C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.
D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.
In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.
The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:
USER_IMPORT_MAPPING
{
"ImportType": "RAAS",
"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",
"ImportMapping": {
"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",
"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",
"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"
}
}
As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.
Answer : B
The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.
ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).
USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.
wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.
~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).
Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'
In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.
Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?
Answer : D
In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.
Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.
Other Role Types:
Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.
Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.
Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.
Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?
Answer : D
The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:
Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.
Account Statuses and Their Relevance:
A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.
B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.
C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.
Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.
Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.
Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.
In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.
Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?
Answer : C
To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:
Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:
Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.
Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.
Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.
Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.
Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).
Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.
B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.
D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.
In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.
Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?
Answer : B
When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).
Reasons for this:
Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.
User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.
Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.
Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.
An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.
Answer : B
The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:
Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.
Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.
Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:
Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.
Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.
Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.
Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.
Possible Exceptions (Less Common):
Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.
There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.
Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?
Answer : B
To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:
Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.
Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.
Benefits of Using a User Group:
Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.
Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.
Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.
C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.
D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.
In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.
In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?
Answer : C
In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.
Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.
Why the other options are incorrect:
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'
Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format
The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?
Answer : A
In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).
Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.
Why other options are incorrect:
B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.
C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.
Saviynt IGA Reference:
Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.
Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.
Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?
Answer : D
Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.
While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.
Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.
REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.
LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.
Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:
Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.
Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.
Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.
Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.
Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?
Answer : C
To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:
Self Certification Campaign:
Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.
Benefits for this scenario:
Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.
Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.
Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.
User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:
Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.
Benefits when combined with Self Certification:
Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.
Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.
Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.
B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.
D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.
Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?
Answer : B
When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:
Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.
Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.
Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:
View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).
Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.
View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.
Why These Permissions Are Important:
Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.
Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.
Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.
Other Options:
A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.
C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.
D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.
MISCELLANEOUS
As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.
Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?
Answer : A
To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:
Campaign Template:
Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.
Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.
Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.
Schedule Later option:
Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.
Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.
Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.
Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:
B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.
C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.
D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.